1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
117 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
119 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
121 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
124 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
125 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
126 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
127 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
131 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
132 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
133 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
134 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
135 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
136 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
138 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
140 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
145 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
147 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
149 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
152 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
153 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
154 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
157 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
159 default_eh_frame_section (void)
161 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
162 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
164 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
168 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
169 must be kept around forever. */
170 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
172 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
173 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
174 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
175 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
177 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
178 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
179 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
180 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
181 define type declaration DIE's. */
182 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
184 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
185 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
186 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
189 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
190 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
191 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
193 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
194 Information instructions. The register number, offset
195 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
196 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
198 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
200 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
206 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
208 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
209 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
210 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
211 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
215 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
217 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
218 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
219 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
221 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
226 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
227 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
228 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
229 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
230 of this structure. */
231 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
234 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
235 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
236 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
239 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
240 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
241 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
242 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
243 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
245 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
248 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
249 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
250 const char *dw_fde_end
;
251 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
252 unsigned funcdef_number
;
253 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
254 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
255 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
259 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
260 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
262 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
263 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
264 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
265 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
267 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
268 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
271 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
272 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
273 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
276 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
277 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
280 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
281 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
282 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
285 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
286 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
288 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
289 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
292 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
294 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
295 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
296 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
298 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
299 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
300 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
301 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
303 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
307 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
308 information for each routine. */
309 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
311 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
314 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
315 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
317 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
319 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
321 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
322 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
324 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
325 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
326 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
327 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
328 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
329 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
332 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
335 unsigned int refcount
;
340 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
342 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
343 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
345 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
347 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
349 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
350 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
351 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
352 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
353 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
354 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
355 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
356 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
357 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
358 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
359 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
360 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
361 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
362 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
363 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
364 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
366 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
367 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
368 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
369 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
370 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
372 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
374 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
375 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
376 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
379 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
380 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
381 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
383 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
384 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
387 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
388 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
391 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
392 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
395 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
396 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
398 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
399 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
400 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
401 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
402 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
403 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
404 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
405 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
406 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
407 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
409 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
410 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
412 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
414 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
416 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
420 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
421 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
422 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
423 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
426 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
427 for the current function. */
428 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
429 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
432 /* Hook used by __throw. */
435 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
437 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
440 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
441 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
444 stripattributes (const char *s
)
446 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
451 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
458 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
461 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
464 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
465 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
466 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
467 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
469 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
470 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
472 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
473 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
476 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
477 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
478 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
480 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
482 wrote_return_column
= true;
484 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
488 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
491 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
492 if (! wrote_return_column
)
494 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
495 wrote_return_column
= false;
497 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
500 if (! wrote_return_column
)
502 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
503 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
504 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
505 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
509 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
512 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
516 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
517 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
519 return "DW_CFA_offset";
521 return "DW_CFA_restore";
525 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
528 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
529 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
530 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
531 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
532 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
533 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
534 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
535 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
536 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
537 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
538 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
539 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
540 case DW_CFA_register
:
541 return "DW_CFA_register";
542 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
543 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
544 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
545 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
548 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
549 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
554 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
556 case DW_CFA_expression
:
557 return "DW_CFA_expression";
558 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
559 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
560 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
561 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
563 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
565 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
566 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
567 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
572 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
573 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
574 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
575 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
578 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
582 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
584 static inline dw_cfi_ref
587 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
589 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
590 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
591 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
596 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
599 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
603 /* Find the end of the chain. */
604 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
610 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
613 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
615 static char label
[20];
617 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
618 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
622 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
623 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
626 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
630 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
633 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
635 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
636 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
640 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
642 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
644 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
645 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
646 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
649 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
653 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
656 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
659 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
661 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
663 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
664 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
666 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
667 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
670 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
671 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
673 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
674 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
681 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
684 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
688 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
691 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
693 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
694 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
696 if (fde_table_in_use
)
698 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
699 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
700 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
704 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
707 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
709 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
711 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
712 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
714 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
715 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
717 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
718 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
719 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
722 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
729 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
732 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
733 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
736 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
739 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
744 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
745 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
747 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
748 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
750 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
751 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
752 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
753 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
758 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
760 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
761 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
763 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
764 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
767 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
768 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
771 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
772 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
773 offset has not changed. */
774 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
775 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
779 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
781 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
782 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
783 the specified offset. */
784 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
785 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
786 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
790 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
791 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
792 register-offset pair is available. */
793 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
795 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
796 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
797 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
800 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
803 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
804 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
805 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
806 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
809 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
811 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
813 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
815 if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
818 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
820 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
822 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
824 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
826 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
827 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
828 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
830 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
832 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
836 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
838 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
840 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
842 else if (sreg
== reg
)
843 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
847 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
850 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
853 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
854 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
855 from the previous frame's window save area.
857 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
858 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
861 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
863 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
865 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
866 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
869 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
870 pushed onto the stack. */
873 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
877 if (size
== old_args_size
)
880 old_args_size
= size
;
883 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
884 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
885 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
888 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
889 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
892 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
894 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
897 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
898 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
901 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
903 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
906 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
907 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
910 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
912 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
915 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
916 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
919 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
921 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
922 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
924 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
927 /* RA is in a register. */
928 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
932 /* RA is on the stack. */
934 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
937 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
943 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
945 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
949 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
951 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
961 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
962 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
963 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
964 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
966 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
973 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
974 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
977 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
981 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
983 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
984 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
985 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
988 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
990 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
991 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
992 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
993 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
994 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
997 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1001 else if (MEM_P (dest
))
1003 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1004 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1005 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1011 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1013 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1014 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1015 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1016 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1018 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1025 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1027 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1034 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1036 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1051 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1052 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1053 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1056 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1058 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1062 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1063 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1064 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1065 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1066 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1069 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1071 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1072 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1073 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1074 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1076 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1077 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1080 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1084 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1085 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1086 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1089 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1091 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1092 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1093 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1094 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1095 offset
= -args_size
;
1100 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1101 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1102 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1103 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1105 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1107 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1108 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1109 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1117 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1118 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1120 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1124 args_size
+= offset
;
1128 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1129 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1130 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1135 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1136 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1137 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1139 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1141 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1143 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1147 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1149 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1150 struct reg_saved_in_data
GTY(()) {
1155 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1156 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1157 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1158 more efficient data structure. */
1159 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1160 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1162 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1163 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1165 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1166 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1169 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1171 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1173 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1174 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1176 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1177 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1182 q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1183 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1184 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1188 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1189 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1191 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1194 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1197 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1199 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1201 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1204 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1206 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1207 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1209 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1211 if (i
== ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
))
1213 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1215 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1217 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1218 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1221 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1223 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1225 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1226 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1229 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1230 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1233 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1234 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1235 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1236 have a new location for? */
1239 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1241 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1243 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1246 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1248 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1249 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1250 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1257 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1260 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1262 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1264 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1266 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1267 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1270 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1271 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1272 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1273 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1279 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1280 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1281 value, not an offset. */
1282 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1284 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1285 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1286 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1287 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1289 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1290 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1291 users need not read the source code.
1293 The High-Level Picture
1295 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1296 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1297 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1298 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1299 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1301 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1302 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1303 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1304 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1305 saves. This also seems to work.
1307 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1308 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1309 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1310 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1311 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1312 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1313 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1314 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1315 value as in the caller.
1317 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1318 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1319 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1320 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1322 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1325 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1327 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1328 consists of a register and an offset.
1329 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1330 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1331 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1332 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1333 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1334 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1335 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1337 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1338 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1339 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1342 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1343 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1344 and cfa_temp.offset.
1346 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1349 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1350 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1351 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1355 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1356 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1359 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1360 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1361 cfa.offset unchanged
1362 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1363 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1366 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1367 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1368 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1369 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1370 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1371 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1374 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1375 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1376 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1379 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1380 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1382 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1383 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1384 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1387 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1388 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1390 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1391 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1394 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1395 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1396 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1399 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1400 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1401 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1404 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1408 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1409 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1410 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1413 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1414 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1415 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1417 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1420 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1421 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1422 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1424 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1427 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1430 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1431 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1434 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1435 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1436 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1439 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1440 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1441 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1442 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1445 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1448 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1450 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1451 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1452 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1453 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1454 flag is set in them. */
1455 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1458 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1460 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1461 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1462 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1464 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1469 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1472 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1473 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1475 if (GET_CODE (src
) == REG
)
1477 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
1482 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1485 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1487 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1489 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1492 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1493 relative to the current CFA register.
1495 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1496 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1497 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1498 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1499 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1500 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1501 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1503 else if (call_used_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
1504 && ! fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)])
1506 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1507 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
1516 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1520 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1523 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1526 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1528 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1534 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1536 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1537 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1539 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1541 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1542 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1544 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1547 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1549 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1550 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1551 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1552 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1554 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1557 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1558 or adjusting the FP */
1559 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1562 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1563 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1564 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1566 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1567 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1569 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1570 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1577 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1581 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1582 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1583 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1585 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1586 into the FP later on. */
1587 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1588 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1589 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1590 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1591 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1592 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1596 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1597 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1598 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1600 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1601 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1602 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1604 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1605 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1609 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1610 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1612 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1613 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1622 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1623 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1628 if (!REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1629 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1630 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1633 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1634 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1635 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1638 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1639 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1648 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1655 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1657 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1662 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1663 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1665 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1667 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1668 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1671 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1672 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1673 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1675 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1681 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1682 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1685 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1686 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1689 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1690 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1691 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1693 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1697 /* With an offset. */
1701 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1703 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1704 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1707 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1708 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1709 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1710 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1716 /* Without an offset. */
1718 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1719 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1720 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1721 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1728 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1730 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1731 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1738 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1739 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1740 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1742 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1744 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1746 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1747 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1749 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1750 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1755 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1756 calculate the CFA. */
1757 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1764 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1765 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1767 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1772 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1773 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1781 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1782 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1783 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1786 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1791 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1795 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1796 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1798 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1800 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1803 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1806 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1808 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1810 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1811 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1813 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
1817 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1818 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1820 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1822 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1823 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1828 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1829 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1831 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1833 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1835 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1840 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1841 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1842 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1844 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1845 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1850 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1851 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1853 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1854 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1855 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1856 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1857 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1858 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1861 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1862 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1863 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1864 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1865 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1866 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1867 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1868 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1869 case DW_CFA_register
:
1870 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1872 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1873 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1874 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1875 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1877 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1878 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1879 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1886 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1887 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1888 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1890 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1891 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1895 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1896 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1898 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1899 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1900 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1902 case DW_CFA_register
:
1903 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1906 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1910 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1912 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1913 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1914 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1915 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1916 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1919 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1922 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1925 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1926 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1927 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1928 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
1929 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1930 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1932 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1933 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
1934 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
1935 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1937 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1939 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
1941 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
1945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1946 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1948 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1950 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1952 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1953 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1954 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1957 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1958 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1961 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1962 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1963 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1964 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1967 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1968 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1969 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1970 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1973 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1974 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1975 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1976 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1979 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1980 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1981 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1982 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1985 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1986 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1987 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1988 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1992 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1993 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1994 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1995 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1996 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1999 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2000 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2001 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2002 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2003 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2004 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2007 case DW_CFA_register
:
2008 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2009 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2010 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2011 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2014 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2015 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2016 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2019 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2020 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2023 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2026 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2027 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2028 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
2031 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
2032 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2041 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2042 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2043 location of saved registers. */
2046 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
2051 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
2052 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
2053 char augmentation
[6];
2054 int augmentation_size
;
2055 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2056 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2057 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2059 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2060 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
2063 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2064 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2065 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2066 discarded. (Example where this matters: a primary function
2067 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2068 specialization doesn't. */
2069 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2070 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2072 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2073 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2074 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
2075 && ! DECL_ONE_ONLY (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2076 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
2077 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
2079 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2080 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2081 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2082 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2085 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
2087 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2088 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
2089 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
2090 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2091 && DECL_ONE_ONLY (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2093 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
2094 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2095 any_eh_needed
= true;
2097 if (! any_eh_needed
)
2101 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2106 targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section ();
2108 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
2110 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2111 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
2113 /* Output the CIE. */
2114 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2115 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2116 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2117 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2118 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2120 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2121 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2122 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
2123 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
2124 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2126 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
2128 augmentation
[0] = 0;
2129 augmentation_size
= 0;
2135 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2136 augmentation section.
2137 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2138 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2139 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2141 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2142 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2144 fde_encoding
= TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2145 ? ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1)
2146 : ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2147 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2148 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2150 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2151 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2154 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2156 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2159 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2161 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2164 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2166 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2168 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2172 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2173 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2175 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2177 + 1 /* CIE version */
2178 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2179 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2180 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2182 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2183 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2184 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2186 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2188 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2189 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2190 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2195 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2196 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2197 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2198 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2200 if (DW_CIE_VERSION
== 1)
2201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2203 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2205 if (augmentation
[0])
2207 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2208 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2210 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2211 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2212 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2213 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2216 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2217 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2218 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2220 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2221 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2222 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2225 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2226 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2228 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2229 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2230 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2231 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2233 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2234 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2236 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2238 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2239 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2240 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2241 && (! TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
|| ! DECL_ONE_ONLY (fde
->decl
))
2242 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2245 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
, /* empty */ 0);
2246 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2247 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2248 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2249 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2251 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2254 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2256 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2261 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2262 && DECL_ONE_ONLY (fde
->decl
))
2263 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2264 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER
2265 (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (fde
->decl
))),
2266 "FDE initial location");
2268 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2269 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2270 "FDE initial location");
2271 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2272 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2273 "FDE address range");
2277 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2278 "FDE initial location");
2279 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2280 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2281 "FDE address range");
2284 if (augmentation
[0])
2286 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2288 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2290 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2292 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2293 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2294 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2295 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2296 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2299 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2303 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2305 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2307 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2308 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2309 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2310 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2311 "Language Specific Data Area");
2315 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2316 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2318 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2319 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2323 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2326 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2328 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2329 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2330 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2332 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2333 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2334 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2335 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2338 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2339 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2340 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2341 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2342 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2343 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2346 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2351 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2355 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2356 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2358 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2361 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2363 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2364 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2365 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2367 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2368 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2371 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2375 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2376 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2377 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2378 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2379 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2380 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2382 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2383 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2384 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2388 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2389 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2391 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2392 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2393 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2394 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2395 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2398 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2399 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2401 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2402 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2403 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
2404 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2405 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2406 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2407 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2408 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2409 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2410 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2411 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2413 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2415 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2416 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2417 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2419 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2423 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2424 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2428 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2429 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2432 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2434 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2436 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2437 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2438 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2439 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2440 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2444 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2446 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2447 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2448 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2449 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2451 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2452 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2454 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2455 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2456 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2457 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2462 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2464 /* Output call frame information. */
2465 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2466 output_call_frame_info (0);
2468 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2469 output_call_frame_info (1);
2473 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2474 for emitting location expressions. */
2476 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2477 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2478 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2481 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2482 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2483 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2484 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2486 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2487 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2488 implementation are listed below. */
2493 dw_val_class_offset
,
2495 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2496 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2498 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2499 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2502 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2503 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2504 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2505 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2509 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2510 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2512 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2519 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2521 typedef struct dw_vec_struct
GTY(())
2523 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2529 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2530 represented internally. */
2532 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2534 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2535 union dw_val_struct_union
2537 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2538 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2539 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2540 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2541 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
2542 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2543 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2544 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
2545 struct dw_val_die_union
2549 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2550 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2551 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2552 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2553 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2555 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2559 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2562 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2564 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2565 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2566 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2567 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2572 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2573 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2574 their entire life. */
2575 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2577 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2578 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2579 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2580 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2581 Only on head of list */
2582 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2583 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2586 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2588 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2589 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2590 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2591 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2592 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2593 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2594 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2595 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2597 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2600 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2605 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2606 return "DW_OP_addr";
2608 return "DW_OP_deref";
2610 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2612 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2614 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2616 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2618 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2620 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2622 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2624 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2626 return "DW_OP_constu";
2628 return "DW_OP_consts";
2632 return "DW_OP_drop";
2634 return "DW_OP_over";
2636 return "DW_OP_pick";
2638 return "DW_OP_swap";
2642 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2650 return "DW_OP_minus";
2662 return "DW_OP_plus";
2663 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2664 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2670 return "DW_OP_shra";
2688 return "DW_OP_skip";
2690 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2692 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2694 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2696 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2698 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2700 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2702 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2704 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2706 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2708 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2710 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2712 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2714 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2716 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2718 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2720 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2722 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2724 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2726 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2728 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2730 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2732 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2734 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2736 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2738 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2740 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2742 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2744 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2746 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2748 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2750 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2752 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2754 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2756 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2758 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2760 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2762 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2764 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2766 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2768 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2770 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2772 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2774 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2776 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2778 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2780 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2782 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2784 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2786 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2788 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2790 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2792 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2794 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2796 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2798 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2800 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2802 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2804 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2806 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2808 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2810 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2812 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2814 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2816 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2818 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2820 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2822 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2824 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2826 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2828 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2830 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2832 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2834 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2836 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2838 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2840 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2842 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2844 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2846 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2848 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2850 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2852 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2854 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2856 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2858 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2860 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2862 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2864 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2866 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2868 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2870 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2872 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2874 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2876 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2878 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2880 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2882 return "DW_OP_regx";
2884 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2886 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2888 return "DW_OP_piece";
2889 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2890 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2891 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2892 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2895 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2896 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2898 return "DW_OP_call2";
2900 return "DW_OP_call4";
2901 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2902 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2903 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2904 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2906 return "OP_<unknown>";
2910 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2911 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2912 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2914 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2915 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
2916 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
2918 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2920 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2921 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2922 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2923 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2924 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2930 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2933 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2935 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2937 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2938 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2944 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2946 static unsigned long
2947 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2949 unsigned long size
= 1;
2951 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2954 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2955 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2974 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2977 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2982 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2983 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3021 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3024 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3027 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3030 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3031 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
3034 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3036 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3037 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3046 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3047 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3056 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3058 static unsigned long
3059 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3063 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3065 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
3066 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
3072 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3075 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3077 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
3078 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
3080 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3082 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3084 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
3088 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3092 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3096 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
3098 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3105 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
3106 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
3110 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
3123 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3124 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3125 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3126 only doing unwinding. */
3131 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3134 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3137 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3140 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3142 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3143 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3177 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3180 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3183 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3186 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3187 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3190 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3192 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3193 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3194 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3197 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3198 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3199 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3201 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3208 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3213 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3216 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3218 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3220 /* Output the opcode. */
3221 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3222 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3224 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3225 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3229 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3230 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3233 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3235 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3238 /* Output the size of the block. */
3239 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3240 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3241 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3243 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3244 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3247 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3248 a dw_cfa_location. */
3250 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3251 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3253 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3255 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3258 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3261 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3263 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3265 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3266 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3268 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3270 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3271 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3272 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3273 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3275 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3276 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3282 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3283 descriptor sequence. */
3286 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3288 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3290 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3294 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3296 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3332 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3335 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3369 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3370 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3373 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3374 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3379 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3380 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3383 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3384 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3388 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3390 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3391 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3393 /* .debug_str support. */
3394 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3396 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3397 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3398 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3399 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3400 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3401 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3402 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3403 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3404 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3405 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3406 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
3407 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
);
3408 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3409 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
3410 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
3412 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3414 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3420 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3421 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3422 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3423 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3424 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3425 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3426 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3427 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3428 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3429 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
3430 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3431 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3432 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3433 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
3434 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
3435 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3436 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3437 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3438 something tries to reference them. */
3439 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3440 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3441 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
3442 dwarf2out_var_location
3446 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3447 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3448 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3450 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3451 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3452 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3453 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3455 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3456 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3458 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3460 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3462 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3463 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3464 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3465 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3466 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3468 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3469 line number associated with the label generated for that
3470 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3471 the line number entry. */
3473 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3475 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3476 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3480 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3482 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3484 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3485 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3486 unsigned long function
;
3488 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3490 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3491 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3492 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3494 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3496 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3497 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3498 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3502 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3504 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3506 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3508 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3509 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3510 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3512 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3513 dw_offset die_offset
;
3514 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3516 unsigned int decl_id
;
3520 /* The pubname structure */
3522 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3529 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3534 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3535 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3539 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3543 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3544 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3545 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3548 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3549 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3551 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3552 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3553 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3554 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3555 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3556 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3558 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3559 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3560 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3561 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3562 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3563 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3564 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3565 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3566 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3567 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3569 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3570 language, and compiler version. */
3572 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3573 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3574 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3576 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3577 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3579 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3580 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3581 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3582 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3583 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3585 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3586 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3587 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3588 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3589 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3590 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3592 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3593 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3594 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3595 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3597 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3601 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3602 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3603 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3605 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3606 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3608 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3609 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3611 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3612 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3613 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3614 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3615 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3617 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3618 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3619 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3620 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3623 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3624 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3626 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3627 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3629 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3630 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3631 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3632 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3634 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3635 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3636 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
3638 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3639 struct var_loc_node
GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3641 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
3642 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3643 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3646 /* Variable location list. */
3647 struct var_loc_list_def
GTY (())
3649 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3651 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3652 it is marked through the chain. */
3653 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3655 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3656 unsigned int decl_id
;
3658 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3661 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3662 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
3664 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3665 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3666 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3667 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3668 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3670 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3671 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3673 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3674 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3676 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3677 abbrev_die_table. */
3678 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3680 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3681 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3682 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3683 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3685 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3686 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3688 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3689 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3691 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3692 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3693 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3694 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3696 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3697 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3699 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3700 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3702 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3704 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3706 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3707 accessible names. */
3708 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3710 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3711 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3713 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3714 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3716 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3718 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3720 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3721 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3723 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3724 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3726 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3727 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3729 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3731 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3733 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3734 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3736 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3737 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3739 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3740 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3742 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3744 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3746 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3747 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3749 /* Unique label counter. */
3750 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
3752 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3753 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3754 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3756 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3757 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3760 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3761 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3763 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3764 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3766 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3768 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3770 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3771 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3772 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3773 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3774 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3775 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3777 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3779 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3780 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3781 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3782 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3783 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3784 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3785 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3786 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3787 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3788 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3789 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3790 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3792 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
3793 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3794 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3795 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3796 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3797 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3798 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3799 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3800 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3801 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3802 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3803 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3804 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3805 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3806 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3807 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3809 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3810 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3811 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3812 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3813 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3814 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3815 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3816 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3818 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3819 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3820 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3821 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3822 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3823 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3824 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3825 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3826 static bool is_c_family (void);
3827 static bool is_cxx (void);
3828 static bool is_java (void);
3829 static bool is_fortran (void);
3830 static bool is_ada (void);
3831 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3832 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
3833 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3834 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3835 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3836 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3837 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3838 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3839 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3840 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3841 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3842 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3843 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3844 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (tree
);
3845 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3846 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
3847 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3848 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3849 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3850 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3851 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3852 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3853 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3854 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3855 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3856 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3857 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3858 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3859 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3860 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3861 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3862 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3863 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3864 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3865 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3866 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3867 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3868 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3869 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3870 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3871 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3872 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3873 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3874 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3875 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3876 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3877 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3878 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3879 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3880 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3881 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3882 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3883 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3884 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3885 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3886 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3887 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3888 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3889 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3890 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3891 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3892 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3893 static void output_pubnames (void);
3894 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3895 static void output_aranges (void);
3896 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3897 static void output_ranges (void);
3898 static void output_line_info (void);
3899 static void output_file_names (void);
3900 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3901 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3902 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3903 static bool is_subrange_type (tree
);
3904 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3905 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3906 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3907 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx
);
3908 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3909 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3910 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3911 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3912 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
, bool);
3913 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3914 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
, bool);
3915 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3916 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, bool);
3917 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3918 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3919 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3920 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3921 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3922 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3923 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3924 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3926 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3927 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3928 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3929 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
3930 static void insert_float (rtx
, unsigned char *);
3931 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3932 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
3933 enum dwarf_attribute
);
3934 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3935 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3936 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3937 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3938 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3939 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3940 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3941 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3942 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3943 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3944 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3945 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3946 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3947 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3948 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3949 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3950 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3951 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3952 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3953 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3954 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3956 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3958 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3959 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3961 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3963 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3964 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3965 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3966 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3967 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3968 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3969 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3970 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3971 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3972 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3973 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3974 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3975 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3976 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3977 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3978 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3979 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3980 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3981 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3982 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3983 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3984 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3985 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3986 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3987 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3988 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3989 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
3990 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3991 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
3992 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
3993 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3994 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3995 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3996 static void init_file_table (void);
3997 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3998 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3999 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4000 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4001 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
4002 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4003 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
4004 const char *, const char *,
4006 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
4007 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4009 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4010 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
4011 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
4012 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
4013 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
4014 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4015 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4017 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4018 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4019 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4021 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4022 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4024 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4025 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4027 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4028 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4030 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4031 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4033 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4034 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4036 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4037 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4039 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4040 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4042 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4043 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4046 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4047 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4048 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4051 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4052 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4053 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4054 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4057 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4058 the section names themselves. */
4060 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4061 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4063 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4064 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4066 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4067 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4069 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4070 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4072 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4073 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4075 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4076 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4078 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4079 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4082 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4083 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4084 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4085 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4086 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4088 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4089 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4090 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4091 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4092 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4093 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4094 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4095 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4097 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4098 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4100 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4101 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4103 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4104 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4106 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4107 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4109 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4110 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4113 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4114 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
4116 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4119 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4121 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4124 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4127 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
4129 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4130 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4131 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4134 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4138 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4140 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4142 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4143 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4144 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4145 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4147 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4148 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4149 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4154 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4157 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
4159 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4161 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4162 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4165 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4168 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4172 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4173 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4174 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4175 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4176 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4177 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4178 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4179 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4180 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4181 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4182 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4183 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4184 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4185 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4187 return "DW_TAG_label";
4188 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4189 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4191 return "DW_TAG_member";
4192 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4193 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4194 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4195 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4196 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4197 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4198 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4199 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4200 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4201 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4202 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4203 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4204 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4205 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4206 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4207 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4208 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4209 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4210 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4211 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4212 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4213 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4214 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4215 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4216 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4217 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4218 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4219 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4221 return "DW_TAG_module";
4222 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4223 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4224 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4225 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4226 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4227 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4228 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4229 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4230 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4231 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4232 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4233 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4234 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4235 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4236 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4237 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4238 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4239 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4240 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4241 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4242 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4243 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4245 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4246 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4247 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4248 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4249 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4250 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4251 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4252 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4253 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4254 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4255 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4256 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4257 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4258 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4259 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4260 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4261 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4262 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4263 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4264 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4265 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4266 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4267 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4268 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4269 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4270 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
4271 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4272 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4273 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4274 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4275 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4276 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4277 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4278 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4279 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4280 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4281 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4282 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4283 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4285 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4289 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4292 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4297 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4298 case DW_AT_location
:
4299 return "DW_AT_location";
4301 return "DW_AT_name";
4302 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4303 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4304 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4305 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4306 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4307 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4308 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4309 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4310 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4311 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4312 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4313 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4314 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4315 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4317 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4319 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4320 case DW_AT_language
:
4321 return "DW_AT_language";
4323 return "DW_AT_member";
4325 return "DW_AT_discr";
4326 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4327 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4328 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4329 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4331 return "DW_AT_import";
4332 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4333 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4334 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4335 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4336 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4337 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4338 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4339 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4340 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4341 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4342 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4343 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4345 return "DW_AT_inline";
4346 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4347 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4348 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4349 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4350 case DW_AT_producer
:
4351 return "DW_AT_producer";
4352 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4353 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4354 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4355 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4356 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4357 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4358 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4359 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4360 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4361 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4362 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4363 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4364 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4365 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4366 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4367 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4368 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4369 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4370 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4371 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4372 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4373 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4375 return "DW_AT_count";
4376 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4377 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4378 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4379 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4380 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4381 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4382 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4383 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4384 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4385 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4386 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4387 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4388 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4389 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4390 case DW_AT_external
:
4391 return "DW_AT_external";
4392 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4393 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4395 return "DW_AT_friend";
4396 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4397 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4398 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4399 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4400 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4401 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4402 case DW_AT_priority
:
4403 return "DW_AT_priority";
4405 return "DW_AT_segment";
4406 case DW_AT_specification
:
4407 return "DW_AT_specification";
4408 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4409 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4411 return "DW_AT_type";
4412 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4413 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4414 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4415 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4416 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4417 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4418 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4419 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4421 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4422 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4423 case DW_AT_associated
:
4424 return "DW_AT_associated";
4425 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4426 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4428 return "DW_AT_stride";
4429 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4430 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4431 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4432 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4433 case DW_AT_extension
:
4434 return "DW_AT_extension";
4436 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4437 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4438 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4439 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4440 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4441 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4442 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4443 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4444 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4446 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4447 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4448 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4449 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4450 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4451 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4452 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4453 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4454 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4455 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4456 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4457 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4458 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4459 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4460 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4461 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4462 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4463 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4464 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4465 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4466 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4467 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4469 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4470 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4471 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4472 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4473 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4474 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4475 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4476 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4477 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4478 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4479 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4480 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4481 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4482 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4484 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4485 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4488 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4492 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4495 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4500 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4501 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4502 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4503 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4504 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4506 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4508 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4510 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4511 case DW_FORM_string
:
4512 return "DW_FORM_string";
4514 return "DW_FORM_block";
4515 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4516 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4518 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4520 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4522 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4524 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4526 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4527 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4528 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4530 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4532 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4534 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4536 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4537 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4538 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4539 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4540 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4542 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4546 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4550 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4554 case DW_ATE_address
:
4555 return "DW_ATE_address";
4556 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4557 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4558 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4559 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4561 return "DW_ATE_float";
4563 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4564 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4565 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4566 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4567 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4568 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4569 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4571 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4576 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4577 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4578 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4579 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4583 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4585 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4586 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4587 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4588 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4591 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4592 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4593 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4594 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4598 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4601 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4602 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4603 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4604 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4608 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4610 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4612 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4613 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4614 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4615 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4618 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4623 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4627 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4628 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4629 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4631 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4637 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4638 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4642 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4644 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4646 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4647 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4649 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4650 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4652 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4653 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4658 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4659 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4662 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4664 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4666 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4667 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4671 static inline enum dw_val_class
4672 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4674 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4677 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4680 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4682 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4684 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4685 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4686 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4687 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4688 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4691 static inline unsigned
4692 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4694 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4695 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4700 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4703 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4705 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4707 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4708 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4709 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4710 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4711 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4714 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4715 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4717 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4718 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4723 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4726 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4727 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4729 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4731 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4732 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4733 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4734 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4735 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4738 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4739 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4741 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4742 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4747 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4750 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4751 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4753 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4755 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4756 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4757 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4758 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4759 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4760 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4763 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4766 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4767 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
4769 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4771 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4772 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4773 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
4774 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
4775 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
4776 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
4777 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4780 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4783 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4785 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4789 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4791 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4792 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4795 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4798 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4800 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4801 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4804 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4805 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4806 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4808 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4809 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4811 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4812 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4813 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4816 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4817 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4818 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4819 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4820 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4823 static inline const char *
4824 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4826 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4827 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4832 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4833 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4836 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4838 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4840 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4844 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4848 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4850 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4851 always better to put it inline. */
4852 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4853 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4855 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4856 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4858 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4859 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4860 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4862 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4863 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4864 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4866 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4872 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4875 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4877 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4879 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4880 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4881 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4882 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4883 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4884 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4887 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4888 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4891 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4893 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4894 if (targ_die
->die_definition
)
4896 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4899 static inline dw_die_ref
4900 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4902 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4903 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4909 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4911 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4912 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4918 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4920 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4921 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4926 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4929 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4931 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4933 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4934 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4935 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4936 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4937 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4940 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4943 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4945 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4947 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4948 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4949 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4950 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4951 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4954 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4955 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4957 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4958 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4964 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4966 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4968 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4969 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4970 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4971 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4972 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4973 have_location_lists
= 1;
4976 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4977 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4979 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4980 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4985 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4988 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4990 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4992 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4993 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4994 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4995 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4996 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5000 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
5002 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
5003 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5008 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5011 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
5013 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
5015 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
5016 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5017 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5018 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5019 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5022 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5025 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
5027 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
5029 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
5030 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5031 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
5032 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5033 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5036 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5039 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5040 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5042 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
5044 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
5045 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5046 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
5047 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5048 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5051 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5054 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5055 long unsigned int offset
)
5057 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
5059 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
5060 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5061 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5062 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5063 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
5066 static inline const char *
5067 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
5069 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5070 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
5071 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5076 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5079 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5082 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5086 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5087 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5089 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5090 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5094 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5100 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5101 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5102 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5104 static inline const char *
5105 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5107 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5109 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5112 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5113 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5114 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5116 static inline const char *
5117 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5119 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5121 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5124 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5125 NULL if it is not present. */
5127 static inline const char *
5128 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5130 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5132 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5135 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5136 if it is not present. */
5139 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5141 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5143 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5146 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5147 if it is not present. */
5149 static inline unsigned
5150 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5152 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5154 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5157 static inline dw_die_ref
5158 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5160 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5162 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5165 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5170 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5172 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
5173 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5176 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5181 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
5182 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5185 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5190 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5192 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5193 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5194 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
5197 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5202 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5204 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5207 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5212 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5214 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5217 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5219 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
5221 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
5223 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5224 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5225 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5228 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5231 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5234 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5238 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5239 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5242 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5251 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5254 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5256 dw_die_ref current
, prev
, next
;
5257 current
= die
->die_child
;
5259 while (current
!= NULL
)
5261 if (current
->die_tag
== tag
)
5263 next
= current
->die_sib
;
5265 die
->die_child
= next
;
5267 prev
->die_sib
= next
;
5274 current
= current
->die_sib
;
5279 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5282 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5284 remove_children (die
);
5287 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5290 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5292 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5294 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5296 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5298 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5301 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5303 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5305 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5307 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5315 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5316 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5319 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5321 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5323 if (die
== child_die
)
5326 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5327 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5328 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5332 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5333 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5336 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5340 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5341 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5342 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5344 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5350 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5351 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5354 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5357 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5361 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5362 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5363 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5366 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5368 static inline dw_die_ref
5369 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5371 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5373 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5375 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5376 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5379 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5381 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5382 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5383 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5384 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5385 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5391 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5393 static inline dw_die_ref
5394 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5396 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5399 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5402 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5404 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5407 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5410 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
5412 return (hashval_t
) ((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
5415 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5418 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5420 return (((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5423 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5425 static inline dw_die_ref
5426 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5428 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5431 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5434 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
5436 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
5439 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5443 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5445 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5448 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5450 static inline var_loc_list
*
5451 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl
)
5453 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5456 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5459 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5461 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5464 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5466 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5469 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5472 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
5474 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5478 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5481 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list
));
5482 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5490 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5491 we have nothing to do. */
5492 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
5493 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
5495 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5496 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
5500 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5501 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
5508 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5509 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5510 the DIE internal representation. */
5511 static int print_indent
;
5513 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5516 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5518 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5521 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5522 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5525 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5530 print_spaces (outfile
);
5531 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5532 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5533 print_spaces (outfile
);
5534 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5535 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5537 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5539 print_spaces (outfile
);
5540 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5542 switch (AT_class (a
))
5544 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5545 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5547 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5548 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5550 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5551 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5553 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5554 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5555 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5557 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5558 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5560 case dw_val_class_const
:
5561 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5563 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5564 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5566 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5567 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5568 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5569 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5571 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5572 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
5574 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5575 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5577 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5578 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5580 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5581 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5583 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5586 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5588 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5589 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5590 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5592 case dw_val_class_str
:
5593 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5594 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5596 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5602 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5605 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5608 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5609 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5613 if (print_indent
== 0)
5614 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5617 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5618 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5621 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5624 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5626 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5627 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5629 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5630 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5631 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5632 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5633 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5634 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5637 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5640 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5643 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5645 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5648 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5649 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5655 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5656 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5657 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5660 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5661 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5662 they are in order of addition. */
5665 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5667 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5668 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5670 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5672 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5673 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5679 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5686 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5689 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5690 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5691 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5692 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5693 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5696 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5700 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5702 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5703 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5706 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5707 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5708 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5711 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5713 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5714 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5716 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5720 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5723 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5725 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5727 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5731 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5732 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5734 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5737 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5739 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5740 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5741 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5744 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5747 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5749 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5752 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5754 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5755 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5756 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5757 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5758 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5761 switch (AT_class (at
))
5763 case dw_val_class_const
:
5764 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5766 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5767 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5769 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5770 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5772 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5773 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
5775 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5776 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5778 case dw_val_class_str
:
5779 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5782 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5784 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5787 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5795 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5796 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5799 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5800 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5801 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5804 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5805 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5808 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5809 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5810 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5818 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5821 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5826 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5829 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5832 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5834 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5836 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5837 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5839 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5840 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5844 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5846 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5848 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5850 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5851 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5852 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5855 /* Do the values look the same? */
5857 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5859 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5862 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5865 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5867 case dw_val_class_const
:
5868 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5869 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5870 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5871 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5872 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5873 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5874 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5875 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
5876 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
5878 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
5879 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
5882 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5883 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5884 case dw_val_class_str
:
5885 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5887 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5888 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5889 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5890 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5892 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5895 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5901 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5902 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5904 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5905 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5907 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5908 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5910 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5912 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5913 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5915 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5916 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5917 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5925 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5928 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5930 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5933 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5934 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5935 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5936 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5937 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5940 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5943 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5946 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5951 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5953 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5954 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5956 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5959 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5961 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5962 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5967 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5969 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5970 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5978 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5981 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5984 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5986 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5987 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5992 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5994 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5996 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5997 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5999 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6000 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6003 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
6005 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6006 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
6007 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
6010 unsigned char checksum
[16];
6013 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6014 the name filename of the unit. */
6016 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6018 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
6019 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
6020 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6022 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
6023 clean_symbol_name (name
);
6025 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
6026 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
6028 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
6032 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
6033 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
6036 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6039 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6041 switch (die
->die_tag
)
6043 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6044 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6045 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6046 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6047 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6048 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6049 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6050 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6051 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6052 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6053 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6054 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6055 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6056 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6057 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6058 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6059 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6060 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6067 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6068 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6069 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6070 compilations (functions). */
6073 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6075 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6076 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6077 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6078 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6080 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
6083 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
6084 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
6085 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
6086 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
6088 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
6090 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
6093 return is_type_die (c
);
6096 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6097 compilation unit. */
6100 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6102 return (is_type_die (c
)
6103 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
6104 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
6108 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
6112 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6113 return xstrdup (buf
);
6116 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6119 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
6123 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6125 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6127 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6129 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6130 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6131 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6134 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6137 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6138 assign_symbol_names (c
);
6141 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6144 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6145 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6148 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6150 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
6152 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6154 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6158 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
6160 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6161 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6163 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6167 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
6169 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6179 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6182 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
6184 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6185 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6187 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6189 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6190 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6194 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6196 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6202 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6206 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
6208 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6209 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6215 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6217 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
6219 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6221 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6222 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6226 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6229 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6230 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6231 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6234 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
6237 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6238 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6239 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6241 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6243 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6245 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6246 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6248 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6251 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6253 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6256 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6258 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6262 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6266 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6267 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6273 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6274 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6279 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6280 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6281 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6287 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6288 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6289 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6290 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6292 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6295 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6296 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6297 comdat_symbol_number
);
6300 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6303 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6304 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6305 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6308 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6312 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6313 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6314 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6315 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6317 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6318 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6321 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6324 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6329 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6330 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6331 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6333 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6334 output_location_lists (c
);
6338 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6339 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6340 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6341 die are visited recursively. */
6344 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6346 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6347 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6349 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6351 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6352 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6353 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6354 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6355 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6357 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6360 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6363 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6365 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6367 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6369 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6371 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6372 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6374 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6376 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6377 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6380 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6381 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6384 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6390 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6392 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6394 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6395 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6396 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6398 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6399 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6400 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6403 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6404 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6407 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6408 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6409 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6412 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6415 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6422 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6425 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6430 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6431 .debug_info section. */
6433 static unsigned long
6434 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6436 unsigned long size
= 0;
6439 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6440 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6442 switch (AT_class (a
))
6444 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6445 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6447 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6448 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6450 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6452 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6455 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6459 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6460 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6462 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6463 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6465 case dw_val_class_const
:
6466 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6468 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6469 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6471 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6472 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6474 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6475 size
+= 1 + (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6476 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
); /* block */
6478 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6481 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6482 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6483 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6485 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6487 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6488 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6490 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6491 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6493 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6494 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6496 case dw_val_class_str
:
6497 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6498 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6500 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6510 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6511 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6512 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6513 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6516 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6520 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6521 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6523 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6526 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6527 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6528 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6531 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6532 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6533 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6534 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6537 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6545 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6549 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6552 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6560 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6564 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6567 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6576 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6577 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6579 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6580 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6581 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6584 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6585 compilation unit. */
6587 static unsigned long
6588 size_of_pubnames (void)
6593 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6594 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6596 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6597 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6600 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6604 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6606 static unsigned long
6607 size_of_aranges (void)
6611 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6613 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6614 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6615 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6617 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6618 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6622 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6624 static enum dwarf_form
6625 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6627 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6629 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6630 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6631 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6632 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6633 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6634 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6635 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6636 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6638 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6639 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6640 .debug_loc section */
6641 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6642 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6643 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6646 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6648 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6652 case dw_val_class_const
:
6653 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6654 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6655 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6658 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6660 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6662 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6664 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6668 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6669 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6670 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6671 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6672 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6673 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6674 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6675 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6676 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6679 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6680 return DW_FORM_data
;
6681 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6682 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6683 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6684 return DW_FORM_data
;
6685 case dw_val_class_str
:
6686 return AT_string_form (a
);
6693 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6696 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6698 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6700 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6703 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6707 output_abbrev_section (void)
6709 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6713 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6715 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6717 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6718 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6719 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6721 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6722 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6726 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6727 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6729 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6730 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6731 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6734 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6735 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6738 /* Terminate the table. */
6739 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6742 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6745 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6747 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6752 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6753 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6754 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6756 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6758 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6761 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6762 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6763 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6765 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6766 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6767 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6769 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6771 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6773 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6774 retlist
->section
= section
;
6776 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6781 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6784 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6785 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6786 const char *section
)
6790 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6791 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6794 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6795 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6798 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6801 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6803 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6805 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6807 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6808 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6811 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
6813 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6814 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6815 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6816 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6817 "Location list end address (%s)",
6818 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6822 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
6823 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6824 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6825 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
6826 "Location list end address (%s)",
6827 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6829 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6831 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6834 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6836 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6839 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
6840 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6841 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6842 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
6843 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6844 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6847 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6848 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6851 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6857 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6858 them to point to. */
6859 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6860 output_die_symbol (die
);
6862 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6863 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6865 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6867 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6869 switch (AT_class (a
))
6871 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6872 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6875 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6876 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6880 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6882 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6884 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6885 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6886 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6892 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6893 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6895 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6896 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6898 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6901 case dw_val_class_const
:
6902 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6903 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6904 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6905 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6908 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6909 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6910 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6913 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6915 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6917 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6918 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6921 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6923 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6924 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6928 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6929 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6932 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6933 first
, "long long constant");
6934 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6939 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6941 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
6942 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
6946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
6947 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
6952 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
6955 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
6956 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
6960 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6964 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6966 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6970 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6974 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6975 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6977 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6981 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6983 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6986 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6990 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6994 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6995 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6996 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
7000 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7001 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
7004 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
7005 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
7008 case dw_val_class_str
:
7009 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
7010 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7011 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
7012 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
7014 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
7022 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
7025 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7026 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7027 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7031 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7032 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7035 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7037 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7038 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7039 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7040 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7041 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
7042 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7043 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
7044 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
7045 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7049 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7052 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
7054 const char *secname
;
7057 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7058 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
7061 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7062 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7063 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7064 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7065 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7068 build_abbrev_table (die
);
7070 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7071 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
7072 calc_die_sizes (die
);
7074 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
7077 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
7079 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
7081 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
7084 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
7086 /* Output debugging information. */
7087 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
7088 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7091 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7096 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7100 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7101 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7102 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7105 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
7107 return lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7110 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7113 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7117 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7120 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7122 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7124 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7125 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7126 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7127 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7130 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7132 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7135 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7136 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7137 visible procedures. */
7140 output_pubnames (void)
7143 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7145 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7146 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7147 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7148 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7149 "Length of Public Names Info");
7150 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7151 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7152 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7153 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7154 "Compilation Unit Length");
7156 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7158 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7160 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7161 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
7164 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7167 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7170 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7173 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7176 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7178 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7181 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7183 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7184 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7185 (arange_table_allocated
7186 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7187 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7188 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7191 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7194 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7195 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7196 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7199 output_aranges (void)
7202 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7204 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7205 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7206 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7207 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7208 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7209 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7210 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7211 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7212 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7213 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7215 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7216 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7218 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7220 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7221 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7222 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7223 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7226 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7227 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7228 text_section_label
, "Length");
7230 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7232 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7234 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7235 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
7238 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7240 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7242 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7243 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7247 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7248 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7249 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7250 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7251 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7253 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
7257 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
7260 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7261 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7262 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7263 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7268 /* Output the terminator words. */
7269 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7270 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7273 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7277 add_ranges (tree block
)
7279 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7281 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7283 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7285 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7286 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7287 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7288 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7291 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7292 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7294 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7298 output_ranges (void)
7301 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7302 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7304 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7306 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7310 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7311 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7313 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7314 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7316 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7317 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7318 base of the text section. */
7319 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7321 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7323 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7324 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7325 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7328 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7329 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7330 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7331 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7334 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7335 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7336 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7343 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7344 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7350 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7353 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7354 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7355 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7356 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7357 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7360 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7364 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7365 int length
; /* Path length. */
7366 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7367 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7368 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7369 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7372 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7373 the directories in the path. */
7376 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7378 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7379 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7383 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7384 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7385 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7386 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7387 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7388 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7389 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7391 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7392 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7398 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7399 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7400 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7401 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7402 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7404 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7405 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7410 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7411 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7412 slowdowns with many input files. */
7415 output_file_names (void)
7417 struct file_info
*files
;
7418 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7427 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7428 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7430 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7431 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7435 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7436 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7437 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7439 /* Sort the file names. */
7440 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7444 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7445 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7446 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7449 /* Create a new array entry. */
7451 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7452 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7454 /* Search for the file name part. */
7455 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7456 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7459 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7460 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7462 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7463 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7464 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7465 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7467 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7469 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7472 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7473 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7474 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7475 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7477 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7478 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7479 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7485 /* This is a new directory. */
7486 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7487 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7488 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7489 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7490 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7491 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7493 /* Search for a prefix. */
7494 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7495 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7496 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7497 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7498 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7499 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7500 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7501 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7506 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7507 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7508 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7509 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7510 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7511 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7512 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7513 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7515 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7516 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7521 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7522 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7523 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7524 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7526 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7529 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7531 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7536 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7541 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7542 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7544 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7545 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7550 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7552 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7554 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7555 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7556 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7558 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7559 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7561 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7562 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7567 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7568 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7569 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7570 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7571 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7573 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7575 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7576 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7579 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7580 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7581 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7582 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7583 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7585 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7586 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7587 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7589 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7590 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7591 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7596 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7598 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7601 /* Now write all the file names. */
7602 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7604 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7605 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7607 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7608 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7610 /* Include directory index. */
7611 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7613 /* Modification time. */
7614 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7616 /* File length in bytes. */
7617 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7624 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7625 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7628 output_line_info (void)
7630 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7631 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7632 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7635 unsigned long lt_index
;
7636 unsigned long current_line
;
7639 unsigned long current_file
;
7640 unsigned long function
;
7642 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7643 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7644 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7645 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7647 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7648 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7649 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7650 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7651 "Length of Source Line Info");
7652 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7654 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7655 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7656 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7658 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7659 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7660 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7661 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7662 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7663 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7664 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7665 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7666 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7667 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7670 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7671 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7672 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7674 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7676 "Special Opcode Base");
7678 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7682 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7683 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7684 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7685 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7686 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7698 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7699 output_file_names ();
7700 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7702 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7703 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7704 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7706 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7707 a series of state machine operations. */
7710 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7711 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7713 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7716 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7717 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7720 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7721 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7722 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7723 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7724 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7728 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7730 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7731 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7732 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7733 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7734 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7735 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7737 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7740 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7742 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7743 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7747 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7748 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7750 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7751 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7752 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7755 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7757 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7758 different from the previous line. */
7759 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7761 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7762 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7763 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7764 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7768 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7769 that uses the least amount of space. */
7770 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7772 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7773 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7774 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7775 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7776 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7777 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7780 "line %lu", current_line
);
7783 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7784 depending on the value being encoded. */
7785 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7786 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7787 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7792 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7796 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7799 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7800 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7801 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7806 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7808 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7811 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7812 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7813 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7818 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7820 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7821 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7824 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7825 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7826 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7827 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7831 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7832 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7833 to handle it differently. */
7834 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7836 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7838 function
= line_info
->function
;
7840 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7841 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7842 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7843 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7844 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7848 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7851 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7852 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7853 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7858 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7860 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7864 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7866 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7867 different from the previous line. */
7868 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7870 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7871 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7872 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7873 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7877 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7878 that uses the least amount of space. */
7879 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7881 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7882 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7883 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7884 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7885 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7886 "line %lu", current_line
);
7889 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7890 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7891 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7892 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7896 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7904 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7905 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7906 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7911 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7912 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7915 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7916 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7917 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7921 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7922 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7924 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7927 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7928 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7929 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7930 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7934 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7935 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7938 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7939 a DIE that describes the given type.
7941 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7942 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7945 base_type_die (tree type
)
7947 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7948 const char *type_name
;
7949 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7950 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7952 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7957 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7958 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7960 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7963 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7965 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7968 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7969 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7970 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7972 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7973 && (type
== char_type_node
7974 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7975 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7977 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7978 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7980 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7983 /* else fall through. */
7986 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7987 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7988 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7990 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7994 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7997 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7998 a user defined type for it. */
8000 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
8001 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
8003 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
8007 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8008 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
8012 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8016 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8017 if (demangle_name_func
)
8018 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
8020 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
8021 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8022 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
8023 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
8025 return base_type_result
;
8028 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8029 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8030 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8031 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8032 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8033 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8034 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8035 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8038 root_type (tree type
)
8040 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8041 return error_mark_node
;
8043 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8046 return error_mark_node
;
8049 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8050 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
8053 return type_main_variant (type
);
8057 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8058 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8061 is_base_type (tree type
)
8063 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8078 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8083 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8097 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8098 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8099 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8100 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8103 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8104 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
8106 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8107 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8108 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8110 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8111 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8113 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8116 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8117 emitted as a subrange type. */
8120 is_subrange_type (tree type
)
8122 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8124 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8125 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8126 or an enumeral type. */
8128 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8129 || subtype
== NULL_TREE
)
8132 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8133 && TREE_CODE (subtype
) != ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
8136 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == TREE_CODE (subtype
)
8137 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype
)
8138 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8139 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8140 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
))
8141 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8142 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8143 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
)))
8145 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8146 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8147 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8148 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8149 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8150 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8151 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8152 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8153 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8154 keep checking the actual size. */
8155 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8156 tree subtype_name
= TYPE_NAME (subtype
);
8158 if (type_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (type_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8159 type_name
= DECL_NAME (type_name
);
8161 if (subtype_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (subtype_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8162 subtype_name
= DECL_NAME (subtype_name
);
8164 if (type_name
== subtype_name
)
8171 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8172 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8175 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
8177 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
8178 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8179 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8180 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
8181 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8183 if (context_die
== NULL
)
8184 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
8186 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
8187 subtype_die
= gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype
, context_die
);
8189 subtype_die
= base_type_die (subtype
);
8191 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
8195 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8196 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8197 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8200 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype
) != size_in_bytes
)
8202 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8203 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8204 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
8207 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8208 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8209 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8210 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8211 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8212 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8213 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
8215 return subrange_die
;
8218 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8219 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8222 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
8223 dw_die_ref context_die
)
8225 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8226 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
8227 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8228 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8230 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
8232 tree qualified_type
;
8234 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8237 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8238 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8240 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8242 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8245 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8247 return mod_type_die
;
8250 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8251 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
8252 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8253 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
8255 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
8256 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
8258 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8260 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8261 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8262 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8264 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8265 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
8266 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8267 type to which it refers. */
8269 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
8270 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8273 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8279 else if (is_const_type
)
8281 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8282 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8284 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8286 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8287 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8289 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8291 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8292 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8293 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8295 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8297 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8299 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8301 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8302 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8303 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8305 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8307 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8309 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
8310 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8311 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8312 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8315 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8317 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8318 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8319 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8320 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8321 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8323 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8324 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8326 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8327 not the main variant. */
8328 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8329 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
8333 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8334 type
= qualified_type
;
8338 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8340 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8341 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8342 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8343 types are possible in Ada. */
8344 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8345 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8346 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8349 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8350 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8352 return mod_type_die
;
8355 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8356 an enumerated type. */
8359 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8361 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8364 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8367 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8369 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8371 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8374 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8377 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8378 zero if there is none. */
8380 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8381 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8386 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8389 reg
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
8390 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
8392 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1
8394 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8396 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8399 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8400 a given hard register number. */
8402 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8403 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8406 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8408 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8411 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8412 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8414 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8415 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8419 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8421 reg
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
8422 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
8424 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8425 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8427 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8434 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8435 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8436 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8442 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8444 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8447 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8450 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8454 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8455 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8456 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8457 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8462 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8464 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8465 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8467 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8469 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8470 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8474 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8477 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8479 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8489 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8491 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8492 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8498 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8501 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8503 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8504 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, bool can_use_fbreg
)
8506 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8507 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8508 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8510 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8511 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8512 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8514 if (reg
== fp_reg
&& can_use_fbreg
)
8515 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8517 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8519 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8524 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8527 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8529 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8530 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8531 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8532 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8535 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8536 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8537 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8538 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8540 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8541 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8542 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8543 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8545 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8546 autoincrement addressing modes.
8548 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the location
8549 list for RTL. We can't use it when we are emitting location list for
8550 virtual variable frame_base_decl (i.e. a location list for DW_AT_frame_base)
8551 which describes how frame base changes when !frame_pointer_needed.
8553 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8555 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8556 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
, bool can_use_fbreg
)
8558 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8559 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8561 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8562 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8563 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8564 zeroth element of the array. */
8566 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
8568 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8573 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8574 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8576 /* ... fall through ... */
8579 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8580 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8581 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8582 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8583 contains the given subreg. */
8584 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8586 /* ... fall through ... */
8589 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8590 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8591 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8592 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8593 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8594 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8595 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8596 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8597 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8598 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8599 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8600 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8601 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8602 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8603 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), 0,
8608 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
8610 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8611 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8615 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8617 /* ... fall through ... */
8620 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8621 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8625 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8626 by a different symbol. */
8627 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8630 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8632 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8635 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8636 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8641 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8642 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8643 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8644 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8649 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8650 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8651 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8652 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8656 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8658 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8663 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8665 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8666 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8667 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8668 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8670 /* ... fall through ... */
8674 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8675 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8676 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
8680 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
8682 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8685 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8686 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8687 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8688 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8689 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8692 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8693 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
8695 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8696 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8701 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8702 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8721 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
8723 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
8726 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8729 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8730 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8731 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8736 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8743 return mem_loc_result
;
8746 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8747 This is typically a complex variable. */
8749 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8750 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8752 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8753 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
, true);
8754 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
, true);
8756 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8759 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8760 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8761 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8762 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8764 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8765 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8766 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8767 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8769 return cc_loc_result
;
8772 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8773 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8774 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8775 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8776 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8778 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8780 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8781 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, bool can_use_fbreg
)
8783 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8785 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8788 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8789 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8790 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8791 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8792 contains the given subreg. */
8793 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8795 /* ... fall through ... */
8798 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8802 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
8807 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8812 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
8814 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0), can_use_fbreg
);
8816 /* Multiple parts. */
8819 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0);
8820 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
8821 enum machine_mode mode
;
8824 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8825 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
8827 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
8828 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
8829 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
8830 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
8832 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
8834 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
8836 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
8837 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
8838 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
8839 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8840 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
8852 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8853 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8854 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8855 descriptor, return 0. */
8857 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8858 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8860 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8862 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8863 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8865 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8866 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8869 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8874 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8875 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8876 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8877 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8878 the names of types. */
8884 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
8885 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
8886 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
8887 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
8888 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
8892 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8893 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8894 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8895 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8896 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8897 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8898 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8899 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8902 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8903 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8907 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8911 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8912 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8916 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8917 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8918 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8921 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8922 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8927 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8928 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8931 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8932 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8933 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8935 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8936 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8946 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8948 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8950 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8952 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8953 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8954 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8959 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8964 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8967 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, true);
8973 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8978 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8982 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8983 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8986 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8991 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8994 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8995 enum machine_mode mode
;
8998 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8999 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
9004 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
9006 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
9009 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
9011 /* Variable offset. */
9012 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
9013 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9019 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9021 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
9022 else if (bytepos
< 0)
9024 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
9025 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9031 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
9032 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
9039 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9040 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
9041 enum machine_mode mode
;
9045 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9046 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9048 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
9051 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, true);
9055 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
9056 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
9061 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
9067 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
9072 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
9074 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
9075 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
9083 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
9085 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
9086 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
9099 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
9103 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9104 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
9106 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9110 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
9111 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
9112 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
9122 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9129 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9136 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9143 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9158 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9159 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9160 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
9163 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9164 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9167 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
9181 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9185 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9191 const enum tree_code code
=
9192 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
9194 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
9195 build (code
, integer_type_node
,
9196 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
9197 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9200 /* ... fall through ... */
9204 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9205 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9206 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9207 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9208 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9210 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9211 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9214 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9215 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9217 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9218 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9219 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9221 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9222 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9223 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9225 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9226 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9227 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9228 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9229 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9234 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9235 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9236 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
9237 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
9240 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9241 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
9245 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9246 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
9249 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9250 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
9252 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9254 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9256 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9259 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9261 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9267 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9268 which is not less than the value itself. */
9270 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9271 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
9273 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9276 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9277 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9278 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9282 field_type (tree decl
)
9286 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9287 return integer_type_node
;
9289 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9290 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9291 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9296 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9297 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9298 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9300 static inline unsigned
9301 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
9303 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9306 static inline unsigned
9307 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
9309 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9312 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9313 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9314 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9315 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9316 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9319 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9320 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
9322 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9323 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9324 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9325 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9327 tree field_size_tree
;
9328 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9329 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9330 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9332 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9334 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9337 type
= field_type (decl
);
9338 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9340 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9341 a flexible array member. */
9342 if (! field_size_tree
)
9343 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9345 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9346 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9347 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9348 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9351 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9353 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9354 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9355 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9357 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9359 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9360 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9361 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9363 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9364 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9365 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9366 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9367 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9368 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9369 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9370 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9372 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9374 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9375 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9376 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9377 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9378 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9379 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9380 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9381 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9382 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9383 bits of the bit-field itself.
9385 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9386 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9387 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9388 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9389 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9390 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9391 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9392 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9393 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9395 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9396 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9397 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9398 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9399 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9400 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9402 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9403 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9404 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9406 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9407 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9408 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9410 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9411 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9412 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9413 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9415 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9417 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9418 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9420 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9421 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9422 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9423 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9426 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9429 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9430 associated with them. */
9432 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9434 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9435 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9436 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9439 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9440 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9443 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9446 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9447 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9448 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9449 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9450 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9451 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9454 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9455 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9456 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9457 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9458 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9459 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9460 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9461 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9462 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9466 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9469 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9471 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
9473 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9474 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9476 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9477 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9478 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9479 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9481 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9483 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9485 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9487 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9488 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9489 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9491 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9492 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9493 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9495 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9496 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9500 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9501 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9502 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9503 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9505 /* Extract the offset. */
9506 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9507 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9509 /* Add it to the object address. */
9510 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9511 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9514 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9517 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9521 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9523 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9524 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9525 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9527 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9528 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9529 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9533 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9536 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9539 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9542 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9545 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
9549 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
9555 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9557 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9558 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
9560 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
9566 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
9572 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9575 insert_float (rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
9581 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9582 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
9584 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9585 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
9587 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
9592 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9593 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9594 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9595 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9596 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9599 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9601 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9605 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9608 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9610 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9615 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9616 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9617 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9618 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9620 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9622 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9624 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
9625 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
);
9627 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
9628 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
9632 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9633 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9636 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9637 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9644 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9645 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
9646 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
9647 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
* elt_size
);
9651 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_VECTOR_INT
)
9653 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9655 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9656 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
9657 if (GET_CODE (elt
) == CONST_INT
)
9662 else if (GET_CODE (elt
) == CONST_DOUBLE
)
9664 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
9665 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
9670 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
9671 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
9672 else if (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
9674 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
9675 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
9677 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9682 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
9683 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
9689 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
)
9691 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9693 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9694 insert_float (elt
, p
);
9700 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
9705 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9711 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9712 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9716 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9717 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9718 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9719 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9720 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9721 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9722 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9723 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9724 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9725 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9726 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9730 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9737 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9741 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9742 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9743 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9745 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9746 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9747 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9748 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9749 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9750 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9751 referenced within the function.
9753 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9754 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9755 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9756 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9758 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9759 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9760 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9761 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9762 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9763 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9765 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9766 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9767 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9768 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9769 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9770 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9771 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9772 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9773 output at debug-time.
9775 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9776 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9777 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9778 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9779 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9780 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9781 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9782 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9783 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9784 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9785 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9786 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9787 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9789 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9790 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9791 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9792 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9793 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9794 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9795 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9796 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9799 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9800 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9801 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9802 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9803 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9804 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9805 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9806 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9807 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9808 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9809 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
9811 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9812 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9814 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9815 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9817 if (! reload_completed
)
9820 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9822 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9824 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9825 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9827 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
9832 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9834 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9836 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9837 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9839 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9840 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9841 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9842 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9843 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9844 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9845 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9846 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9847 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9848 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9851 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9852 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9853 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9854 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9855 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9856 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9858 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
9859 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9860 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9861 /* Not passed in memory. */
9862 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
9863 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9864 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9865 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9866 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9867 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9868 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9871 /* Big endian correction check. */
9873 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9874 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9877 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9878 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9880 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9881 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9884 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9887 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
9888 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9890 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
9891 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
9893 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
9894 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
9895 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
9896 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
9897 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
9898 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
9900 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9901 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
9904 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9906 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9907 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9908 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9909 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9913 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9914 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9915 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9916 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9918 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9919 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9920 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9921 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9923 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9924 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9925 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9926 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9927 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9929 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9931 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9932 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9933 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9934 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9935 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9936 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9938 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9939 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9940 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9941 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9942 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9944 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9945 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9946 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9947 if (rtl
&& MEM_P (rtl
))
9953 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
9955 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9956 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9957 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9959 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9964 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9965 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9966 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9967 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9968 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9969 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9970 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9971 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9972 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9973 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9976 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
9977 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
9980 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9981 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
9983 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9985 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
9986 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != RESULT_DECL
)
9989 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
9990 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
9992 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
9994 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
9996 const char *secname
;
9997 const char *endname
;
9998 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
10000 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
10002 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base
10003 for the address ranges where a given location is valid.
10004 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it,
10006 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use
10008 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10009 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, this
10012 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10014 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
10015 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10017 else if (current_function_decl
10018 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
10020 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
10021 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10024 secname
= text_section_label
;
10026 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10027 actually construct the list of locations.
10028 The first location information is what is passed to the
10029 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10030 locations just get added on to that list.
10031 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10032 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10033 the range [current location start, next location start].
10034 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10035 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10037 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10038 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10039 list
= new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc
, attr
!= DW_AT_frame_base
),
10040 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
10043 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
10044 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10046 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10047 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10048 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10049 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
,
10050 loc_descriptor (varloc
,
10051 attr
!= DW_AT_frame_base
),
10052 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
10055 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10056 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10057 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10059 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10061 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10062 if (!current_function_decl
)
10063 endname
= text_end_label
;
10066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10067 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10068 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
10070 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
,
10071 loc_descriptor (varloc
,
10072 attr
!= DW_AT_frame_base
),
10073 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
10076 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10077 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
10081 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
10082 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
10085 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
10095 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
10096 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
10100 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
10102 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
10103 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
10104 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
10105 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
10106 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
10113 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, true);
10115 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10120 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
10121 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
10122 enum machine_mode mode
;
10125 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
10126 descr
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0), true);
10127 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
10128 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
10129 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
10130 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
10132 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
10134 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0), true);
10135 add_loc_descr (&descr
, temp
);
10136 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
10137 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
10138 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
10139 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
10142 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
10150 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10151 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10152 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10155 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
10157 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10158 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10160 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
10161 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
10166 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
10169 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
10170 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10171 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
10173 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10174 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
10175 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
10182 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10183 the value of the attribute. */
10186 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
10188 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
10190 if (demangle_name_func
)
10191 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
10193 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
10197 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10200 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
10202 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
10204 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
10207 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10208 a representation for that bound. */
10211 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
10213 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
10218 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10220 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
10221 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
10222 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
10223 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
10224 /* Use the default. */
10227 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
10232 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
10233 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
10234 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
10244 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
10246 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10247 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10248 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10249 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10250 later parameter. */
10251 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
10252 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10258 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10259 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10261 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
10262 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10264 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
10268 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
10269 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
10271 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
10273 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
10274 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10275 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
10276 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
10278 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10284 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10285 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10288 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
10290 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10291 unsigned dimension_number
;
10294 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
10296 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10297 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10298 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10299 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10300 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10301 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10302 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10303 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10305 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10306 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10307 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10308 gen_array_type_die. */
10309 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10310 for (dimension_number
= 0;
10311 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
10312 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
10315 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10317 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10318 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10320 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
10323 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10324 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
10325 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
10327 /* Define the index type. */
10328 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
10330 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10331 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10332 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10333 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10334 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
10335 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10336 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10339 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10343 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10344 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10346 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10347 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10348 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10350 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10352 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10355 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10356 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10362 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
10366 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10371 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10374 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10375 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10378 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10379 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10380 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10381 even for bit-fields. */
10382 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10388 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10389 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10390 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10391 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10392 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10395 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10396 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10397 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10400 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10401 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10402 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10403 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10404 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10405 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10407 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10408 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10409 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10412 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10414 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10415 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10416 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10417 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10418 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10419 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10421 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10423 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
10426 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10427 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10428 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10429 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10430 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10433 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10435 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10436 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10437 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10438 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10439 below must take account of these differences. */
10440 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10441 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10443 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10445 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10446 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10450 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10451 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10452 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10454 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10457 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10458 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10461 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10463 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10464 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
10465 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10468 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10469 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10472 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10473 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10476 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
10478 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10479 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10480 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10483 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10484 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10488 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
10490 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10492 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10494 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10495 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10496 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10498 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10499 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10503 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10505 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10507 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10510 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10511 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10512 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10513 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10515 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
10518 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10521 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10524 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
10526 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10528 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10530 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10531 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10532 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10533 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10536 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10537 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10538 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10539 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10543 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10546 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10548 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
10549 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
10551 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10552 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
10555 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10556 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10559 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10563 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10564 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10566 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10567 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10568 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10570 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10571 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10572 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10573 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10574 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10575 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10578 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10579 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10580 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10581 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10583 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10584 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10585 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10590 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10593 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
10595 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10598 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10601 pop_decl_scope (void)
10603 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10606 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10609 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10610 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10611 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10612 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10613 the current active scope. */
10616 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10618 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10619 tree containing_scope
;
10622 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10626 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10628 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10629 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10631 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
10634 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10637 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10638 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10639 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10640 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10641 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10643 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10644 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10645 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10647 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10648 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10649 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10650 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10651 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10656 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10657 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10660 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10661 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10664 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10667 scope_die
= context_die
;
10672 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10675 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10677 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10678 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10679 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10685 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10686 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10689 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10691 return (context_die
10692 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10693 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
10694 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
10697 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10698 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10699 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10702 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10703 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10705 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10706 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10708 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10709 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10710 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10711 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10712 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10713 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10714 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10716 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10717 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10718 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10719 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10720 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10723 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10724 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10725 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10728 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10729 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10732 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10733 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10734 was declared without a tag. */
10736 static const char *
10737 type_tag (tree type
)
10739 const char *name
= 0;
10741 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10745 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10746 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10747 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10749 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10750 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10752 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10753 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10754 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10756 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10758 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10761 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10764 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10765 for bit field types. */
10768 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10770 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10771 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10774 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10775 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10778 static const char *
10779 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10782 const char *fnname
;
10784 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10789 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10792 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10797 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10798 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10799 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10802 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10804 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10805 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10808 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10809 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10810 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10811 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10812 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10815 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10816 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10817 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10819 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10821 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10822 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10823 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10824 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10828 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10829 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10830 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10831 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10832 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10833 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10834 for multidimensional arrays. */
10835 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10838 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10839 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10840 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10841 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10842 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10845 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10847 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10848 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10850 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10851 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10852 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10853 add_subscript_info. */
10854 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10855 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10856 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10858 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10861 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10865 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10867 dw_die_ref type_die
10868 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10870 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10871 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10876 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10878 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10879 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10881 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10882 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10885 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10886 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10887 0, 0, context_die
);
10890 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10891 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10893 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10897 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10898 emit full debugging info for them. */
10901 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10905 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10906 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10909 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10912 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10914 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10916 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10917 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10918 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10921 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10924 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10926 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10928 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10929 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10930 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10933 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10936 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10938 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10940 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10941 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10942 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10945 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10946 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10947 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10951 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10953 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10955 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10957 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10958 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10959 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10960 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10962 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10965 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10967 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10968 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10969 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10970 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10974 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10975 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10976 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10977 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10979 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10980 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10981 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10982 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10984 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
10985 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10987 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10988 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10990 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10991 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10993 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
10994 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
10995 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
10996 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
10997 values as if they were signed. That means that
10998 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
10999 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11000 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
11001 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
11005 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11010 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11011 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11014 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11015 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11016 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11017 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11018 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11019 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11020 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11021 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11024 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11026 dw_die_ref parm_die
11027 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
11030 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
11033 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
11034 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11035 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
11038 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
11039 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
11040 TREE_READONLY (node
),
11041 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
11043 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
11044 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11047 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
11048 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
11049 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
, DW_AT_location
);
11054 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11055 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11065 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11066 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11069 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11071 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
11074 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11075 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11076 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11077 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11080 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11083 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
11084 tree first_parm_type
;
11087 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11089 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
11090 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
11095 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11097 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11098 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11099 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
11101 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
11103 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11104 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
11107 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11108 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
11109 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
11110 && link
== first_parm_type
)
11111 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
11112 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11114 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
11116 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
11119 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11120 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11121 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
11122 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
11124 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11125 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11126 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11127 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
11128 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11129 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
11132 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11133 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11134 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11135 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11136 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11139 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11141 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11143 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11144 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11145 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
11146 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
11148 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
11151 push_decl_scope (type
);
11152 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11153 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
11155 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
11161 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11162 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11165 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
11167 dw_die_ref old_die
;
11170 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
11172 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11173 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
11175 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11176 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11177 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11180 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11181 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11182 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11184 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11186 gen_type_die_for_member
11187 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
11190 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11191 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
11192 current_function_decl
= decl
;
11194 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
11195 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11196 if (! was_abstract
)
11197 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
11199 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
11202 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11206 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11208 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11209 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11210 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
11214 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11215 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
11216 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11218 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11219 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11220 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11221 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11222 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11224 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11225 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
11232 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11234 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
11237 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11238 inline function. */
11239 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11240 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
11242 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11243 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
11247 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11248 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11250 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
11251 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11252 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11253 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11254 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11256 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
11257 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
11258 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
11259 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
11260 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
11266 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11267 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11268 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11269 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11270 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11271 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11272 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11273 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
11274 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11275 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
11276 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11277 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
11279 subr_die
= old_die
;
11281 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11282 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11283 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11284 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11285 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11286 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11287 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
11291 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11292 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
11293 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11294 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11295 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11296 != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11298 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11303 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11305 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11306 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11308 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11309 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11311 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11312 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11313 0, 0, context_die
);
11316 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11317 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11318 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11320 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11321 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11322 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11323 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11328 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11330 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11332 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11333 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11334 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11335 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11337 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11338 later reused to represent definition. */
11339 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11342 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11344 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
11346 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11347 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11349 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11353 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11354 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11356 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
11359 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11361 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11363 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11364 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11366 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11367 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11368 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11369 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11370 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11371 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11373 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11374 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11376 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11377 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11378 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11381 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11382 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11383 variables is relative to one of them. */
11384 if (frame_base_decl
&& lookup_decl_loc (frame_base_decl
) != NULL
)
11386 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (subr_die
, frame_base_decl
,
11392 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
11393 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
11396 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
11397 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11398 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 0));
11401 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11402 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11403 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11404 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11405 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11406 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11407 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11408 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11409 an ellipsis at the end. */
11411 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11412 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11413 its formal parameters. */
11414 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11416 else if (declaration
)
11417 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11420 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11421 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11424 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11425 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11426 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11427 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11429 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11430 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11431 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11432 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11434 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11437 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11438 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11439 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11440 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11441 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11442 parameters at all. */
11443 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11444 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11446 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11447 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11448 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11450 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11451 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11454 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11455 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11456 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11458 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11459 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11460 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11461 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11462 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11463 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11464 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11466 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11467 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11468 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11469 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11470 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11471 constructor function. */
11472 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11474 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11475 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
11476 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), subr_die
);
11478 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11479 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11481 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11482 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11484 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11485 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11487 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11488 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11495 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11498 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11500 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11501 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11503 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11504 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11505 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11507 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11508 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11510 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11511 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11513 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11514 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11517 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11518 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
11519 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11521 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11522 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
11523 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11525 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11526 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11528 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11529 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11531 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11532 != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11534 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11539 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11540 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11541 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11543 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11544 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11546 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11547 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11549 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11550 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11551 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11552 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11556 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11558 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
)
11559 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11561 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11563 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
, DW_AT_location
);
11564 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11567 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11570 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11573 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11575 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11576 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11578 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11580 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11581 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11583 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11585 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11586 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11589 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
11591 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11592 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11593 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11595 && (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11596 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11597 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
11599 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11600 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11601 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11602 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11603 it if it ever does happen. */
11604 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11607 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11608 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11613 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11616 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11618 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11619 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11621 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11623 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11627 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11629 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11632 add_ranges (chain
);
11633 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11640 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11641 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11642 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11643 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11644 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11645 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11649 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11652 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11655 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11657 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11659 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11660 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11661 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11662 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11663 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11665 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11667 dw_die_ref subr_die
11668 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11669 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11671 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11672 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11673 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11674 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11675 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11676 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11677 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11678 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11679 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11682 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11683 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11684 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11685 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11686 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11687 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11688 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11689 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11690 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11691 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11692 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11694 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11697 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11700 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11702 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11704 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11707 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11708 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11709 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11710 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11713 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11715 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11716 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11717 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11720 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11721 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11723 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11724 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11726 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11727 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11728 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11729 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11733 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11734 Use modified_type_die instead.
11735 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11736 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11739 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11742 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11744 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11745 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11746 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11749 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11750 Use modified_type_die instead.
11751 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11752 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11755 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11758 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11760 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11761 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11762 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11766 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11769 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11772 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11773 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11775 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11776 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11777 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11778 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11781 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11784 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11787 char producer
[250];
11788 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11791 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11795 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11796 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11797 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11798 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11801 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11803 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11804 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11805 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11806 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11807 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11808 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11809 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11810 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11811 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11814 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11816 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11817 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11818 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11819 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11820 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11821 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11822 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F95") == 0)
11823 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
11824 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11825 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11826 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11827 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11829 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11831 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11835 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11838 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11840 dw_die_ref type_die
11841 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11843 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11845 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11846 TODO: add string length info. */
11848 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11849 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11853 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11856 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11858 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11860 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11861 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11863 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
11864 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11866 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11867 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11868 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11869 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11872 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11875 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11878 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11881 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11882 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11883 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11884 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11885 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11886 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11887 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11888 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11889 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11890 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11891 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11893 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11894 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASE_BINFOS (binfo
))
11896 tree bases
= BINFO_BASE_BINFOS (binfo
);
11897 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
11898 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11901 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11902 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11903 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11904 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11907 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11908 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11910 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11911 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11912 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11913 do put them in the right order. */
11915 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11917 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11919 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11922 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11923 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11925 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11926 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11929 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11931 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11933 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11937 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11938 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11939 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11942 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11944 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11945 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11947 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11948 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11949 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11950 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
11952 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11955 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11956 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11957 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
11960 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11962 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11963 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11965 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11967 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11968 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11970 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11972 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
11974 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11977 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11979 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11980 then give a list of members. */
11981 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
11983 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11984 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11985 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11986 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11987 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11988 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11990 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11991 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11992 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11993 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11995 push_decl_scope (type
);
11996 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11999 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12000 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
12002 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
12004 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
12005 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12006 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
12011 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12013 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12014 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12015 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
12016 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
12020 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12023 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12025 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12026 dw_die_ref subr_die
12027 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
12028 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12030 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
12031 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
12032 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12033 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
12036 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12039 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12041 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12044 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12047 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
12048 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
12049 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12050 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12051 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
12056 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
12057 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
12059 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
12061 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
12064 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
12067 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12069 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12070 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12073 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12074 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
12077 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12080 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12084 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12087 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12088 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12090 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12093 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12094 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
12097 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12098 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
12102 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12103 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12104 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12105 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12106 cloned type itself). */
12107 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12108 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
12110 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12113 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12119 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12120 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12121 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12122 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12123 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12125 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12127 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12128 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12129 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12133 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12134 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12135 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
12137 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12138 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12140 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12142 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12146 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
12147 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12151 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12152 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
12155 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12156 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12157 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12158 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12162 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12163 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12164 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12168 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
12170 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12171 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12174 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12178 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12181 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12184 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12185 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12186 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12187 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12188 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12189 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12190 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12191 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
12192 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12193 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12195 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
12197 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12200 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12201 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12202 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12207 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
12211 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
12212 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12214 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12219 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12220 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12221 when appropriate. */
12230 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12234 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12241 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12244 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12247 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12249 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12252 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12253 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12254 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12256 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
12259 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12260 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12262 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12267 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12268 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12272 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12276 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12277 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12285 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12286 things which are local to the given block. */
12289 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12291 int must_output_die
= 0;
12294 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12296 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12297 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
12298 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
12301 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12302 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12303 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12304 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12308 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12309 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12314 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12315 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12316 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12317 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12318 the current block. */
12319 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12320 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12322 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12324 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12325 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12326 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12327 must_output_die
= 1;
12330 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12331 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12332 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12333 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12334 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12335 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12336 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12337 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12339 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12340 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12341 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12342 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12343 as being a "significant" one. */
12344 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
12346 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12347 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12348 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12349 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12350 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12351 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12353 must_output_die
= 1;
12359 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12360 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12361 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12362 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12363 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12364 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12365 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12366 if (must_output_die
)
12368 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12369 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12371 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12374 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12377 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12378 all of its sub-blocks. */
12381 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12386 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12387 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
12390 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12391 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12392 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12393 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12394 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12398 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12399 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12400 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12401 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12405 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12406 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12408 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12411 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12412 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12415 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12416 therein) of this block. */
12417 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12419 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12420 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12423 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12426 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
12428 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12431 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12432 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12433 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12434 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12435 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12436 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12442 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
12445 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
12447 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12448 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
12449 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
12450 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12453 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12454 tree decl_context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
12457 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12458 if (TYPE_P (decl_context
))
12459 context_die
= force_type_die (decl_context
);
12461 context_die
= force_decl_die (decl_context
);
12464 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12466 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12468 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12469 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12470 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12471 declaration die. */
12472 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
12473 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
12474 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12475 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
12479 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12480 gen_decl_die() call. */
12481 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
12482 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
12483 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12484 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
12487 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12488 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12495 /* See if we can find the die for this deci now.
12496 If not then abort. */
12498 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12506 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
12509 force_type_die (tree type
)
12511 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12513 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12516 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12517 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12518 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12519 context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12521 context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12523 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12525 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12526 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12533 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12534 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12537 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12539 tree context
= DECL_P (thing
) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
);
12540 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12541 /* Force out the namespace. */
12542 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
12544 return context_die
;
12547 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12548 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12550 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12551 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12554 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12556 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
12558 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12561 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
12563 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
12565 if (DECL_P (thing
))
12566 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12568 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12572 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12575 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
12577 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
12579 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12580 they are an alias of. */
12581 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
12583 /* Output a real namespace. */
12584 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12585 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
12586 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12587 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12591 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12593 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12594 dw_die_ref origin_die
12595 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12597 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12598 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12599 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
12600 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12601 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
12602 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12606 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12609 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12613 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12616 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12622 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12623 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12626 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12627 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12628 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12629 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
12630 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
12635 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12636 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
12637 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
12638 /* This is only a declaration. */;
12641 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12642 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
12643 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12645 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12646 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12647 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
12648 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12649 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
12650 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12651 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12652 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12653 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12655 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12656 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
12659 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12660 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12662 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12663 have described its return type. */
12664 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12666 /* And its virtual context. */
12667 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12668 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12670 /* And its containing type. */
12671 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12672 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12673 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12675 /* And its containing namespace. */
12676 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12679 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12680 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12684 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12685 actual typedefs. */
12686 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12689 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12690 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12691 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12692 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12693 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12694 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12695 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12697 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12701 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12702 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12704 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12705 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12709 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12710 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12715 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12716 variable declarations or definitions. */
12717 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12720 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12722 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12724 /* And its containing type. */
12725 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12726 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12727 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12729 /* And its containing namespace. */
12730 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12732 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12733 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12734 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12736 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12737 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12738 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12740 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12744 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12745 anonymous unions and structs. */
12746 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12747 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
12748 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
12750 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12751 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12756 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12757 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12760 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12761 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
12765 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12766 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12772 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12775 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
12777 unsigned int file_index
;
12779 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12781 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12782 tree context_list_decl
12783 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12786 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12787 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12788 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12789 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12790 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12794 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12795 compilation proper has finished. */
12798 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
12800 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12801 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12802 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12803 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12804 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12805 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12808 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
12809 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
12811 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
12814 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12817 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12820 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree context
)
12822 dw_die_ref imported_die
, at_import_die
;
12823 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
12824 unsigned file_index
;
12825 expanded_location xloc
;
12827 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12833 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12834 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12837 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12838 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12840 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12841 else if (TYPE_P (context
))
12842 scope_die
= force_type_die (context
);
12844 scope_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
12846 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12847 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
12848 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12850 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
12852 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12853 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12854 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
, scope_die
, context
);
12856 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, scope_die
, context
);
12858 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
12859 file_index
= lookup_filename (xloc
.file
);
12860 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12861 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
12862 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
12865 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12868 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
12870 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12872 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12877 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12878 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12879 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12880 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12881 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12882 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12883 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12884 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12885 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12886 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12887 with the definition of the function.
12889 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12890 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12891 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12892 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12893 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12894 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12895 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12896 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12897 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12898 that they *are* definitions).
12900 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12901 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12902 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12903 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12904 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12905 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12908 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12909 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12910 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12911 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12912 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12913 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12914 context_die
= NULL
;
12918 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12919 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12920 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12921 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12922 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12923 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12924 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12925 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12926 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12929 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12930 variable declarations or definitions. */
12931 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12935 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12936 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12938 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
12943 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12944 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12947 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12948 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12949 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
12951 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12952 comparisons have. */
12953 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12954 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12955 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12956 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12957 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12962 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12963 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12966 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12967 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12968 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12969 context_die
= NULL
;
12977 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12980 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12981 a lexical block. */
12984 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12985 unsigned int blocknum
)
12987 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12988 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12991 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12995 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12997 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12998 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13001 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13002 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13004 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13005 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13006 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13009 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
13013 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
13014 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
13015 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
13021 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13022 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13023 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13024 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13025 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13026 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13027 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13028 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13029 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13033 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
13036 char *save_file_name
;
13038 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13039 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13040 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
13043 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
13044 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
13045 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
13048 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
13049 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
13050 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
13051 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
13053 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
13057 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13058 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
13059 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
13060 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
13061 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
13067 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
13069 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
13071 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
13073 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
13074 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
13075 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
13076 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
13077 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
13078 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
13080 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
13087 init_file_table (void)
13089 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13090 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
13091 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13093 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13094 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
13095 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
13096 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
13099 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13100 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13101 our lookup table. */
13104 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
13106 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
13107 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
13109 static rtx last_insn
;
13110 static const char *last_label
;
13112 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
13114 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (loc_note
);
13116 newloc
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node
));
13117 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13118 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13120 if (last_insn
!= NULL_RTX
13121 && last_insn
== prev_insn
13122 && GET_CODE (prev_insn
) == NOTE
13123 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
13125 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
13129 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13130 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13132 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
13134 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
13135 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
13137 last_insn
= loc_note
;
13138 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
13140 add_var_loc_to_decl (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
), newloc
);
13143 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13144 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13145 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13146 that hook is called. */
13149 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13151 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
13154 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13155 and record information relating to this source line, in
13156 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13159 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
13161 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13164 function_section (current_function_decl
);
13166 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13167 if (flag_debug_asm
)
13168 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
13171 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13173 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13175 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
13177 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13178 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
13180 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13181 line_info_table_in_use
++;
13183 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13184 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
13185 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
13187 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
13189 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
13190 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13191 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
13193 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13194 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13195 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
13197 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13198 separate_line_info_table
13199 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
13200 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13201 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
13202 memset (separate_line_info_table
13203 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
13205 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13206 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
13209 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13211 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
13212 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13213 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13214 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
13218 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
13220 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13221 line_info_table_in_use
);
13223 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13224 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
13226 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13228 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
13229 (line_info_table_allocated
13230 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
13231 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
13232 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13235 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13236 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
13237 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
13238 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13243 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13246 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
13248 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13250 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13251 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
13253 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13254 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
13257 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13259 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13260 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
13261 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
13263 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
13264 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
13265 "Filename we just started");
13269 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13272 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13274 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13275 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13276 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13278 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13280 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13281 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13285 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13286 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13287 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13290 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13291 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13293 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13295 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13296 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
13297 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13298 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13302 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13303 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13304 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13307 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13308 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13310 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13312 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13313 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
13314 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13315 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13319 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13322 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13324 init_file_table ();
13326 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13327 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
13328 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
13330 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13331 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
13332 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
13334 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13335 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
13337 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13338 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13339 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
13340 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13341 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
13342 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
13344 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13345 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13346 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13347 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13349 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
13350 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
13352 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13353 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13354 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13355 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13356 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13357 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13358 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
13360 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
13362 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
13364 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13365 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
13366 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13367 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
13368 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13370 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
13372 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
13373 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13374 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
13375 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13376 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
13377 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13378 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13379 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
13380 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13381 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
13382 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13383 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
13385 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13387 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13388 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
13389 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13390 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
13393 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
13396 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
13400 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13401 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13404 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13406 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
13408 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
13410 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
13411 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
13412 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
13420 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13421 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13424 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
13428 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13429 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
13433 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13434 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13437 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
13441 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
13443 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
13445 /* A reference to another DIE.
13446 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13447 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
13449 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
13451 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13452 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
13453 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
13459 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13460 to DIE's children. */
13463 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
13467 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
13469 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13472 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13473 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13474 if (die
->die_parent
)
13475 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
13477 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13478 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13480 /* If this node is a specification,
13481 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13482 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
13483 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
13486 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
13488 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13489 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13493 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13495 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13496 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13497 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
13498 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
13500 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13506 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13509 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
13513 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13517 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
13518 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
13519 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
13520 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
13521 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
13522 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
13523 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
13524 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
13525 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
13526 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
13527 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
13528 case DW_TAG_friend
:
13529 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
13530 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
13531 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
13532 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
13533 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
13534 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
13535 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
13536 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
13537 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13541 /* Mark everything else. */
13547 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13548 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
13550 /* Mark children. */
13551 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
13552 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13556 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13559 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
13561 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
13562 if (!die
->die_mark
)
13566 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
13571 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
13579 die
->die_child
= n
;
13586 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13589 prune_unused_types (void)
13592 limbo_die_node
*node
;
13594 /* Clear all the marks. */
13595 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13596 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13597 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13599 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13600 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
13601 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13602 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
13604 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13605 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13606 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
13607 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
13608 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
13609 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
13611 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13612 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
13613 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13614 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
13616 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13617 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13618 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13619 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13622 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13623 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13626 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
13628 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
13629 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
13631 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13632 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13633 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
13634 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13635 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13636 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
13639 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
13640 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13641 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13642 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
13644 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13649 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13650 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13651 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13652 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13654 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
13656 next_node
= node
->next
;
13659 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13661 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
13665 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
13666 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
13668 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
13669 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13670 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13671 else if (node
->created_for
13672 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
13673 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
13674 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
13675 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
13676 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13678 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13679 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13680 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13681 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13682 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13683 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
13686 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13693 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
13695 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13696 emit full debugging info for them. */
13697 retry_incomplete_types ();
13699 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13700 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13701 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13703 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13704 prune_unused_types ();
13706 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13707 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13708 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13709 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
13711 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13712 that have children. */
13713 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
13714 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13715 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
13717 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13719 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13721 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13722 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13723 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13724 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13725 examining the file. */
13726 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13728 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13729 output_line_info ();
13732 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13733 if (have_location_lists
)
13735 /* Output the location lists info. */
13736 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13737 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
13738 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13739 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
13740 output_location_lists (die
);
13741 have_location_lists
= 0;
13744 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13746 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
13748 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
13749 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
13752 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13753 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13754 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
13755 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
13757 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13758 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
13759 debug_line_section_label
);
13761 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13762 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
13764 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13765 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13766 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13767 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13769 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13771 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13772 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13773 output_abbrev_section ();
13775 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13776 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13778 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13779 output_pubnames ();
13782 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13783 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13784 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13786 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13790 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13791 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13793 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13794 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13798 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13799 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13801 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13806 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13808 if (debug_str_hash
)
13809 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13813 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13814 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13816 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13818 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"